AutoCAD 2011 2D & 3D (1) .pdf



Nom original: AutoCAD 2011 2D & 3D (1).pdf

Ce document au format PDF 1.6 a été généré par Adobe Acrobat Pro Extended 9.0.0, et a été envoyé sur fichier-pdf.fr le 01/02/2015 à 15:06, depuis l'adresse IP 41.141.x.x. La présente page de téléchargement du fichier a été vue 1198 fois.
Taille du document: 6.6 Mo (100 pages).
Confidentialité: fichier public




Télécharger le fichier (PDF)










Aperçu du document


Introduction to AutoCAD 2011
2D and 3D

Prepared By: Eng.Mohammed Sulieman Mohammed
Teaching Assistant - University Of Khartoum
Faculty of Engineering
Engineering Training Professional Development Program (ETPDP)

‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ ہﻠﻟ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ‪ ,‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻨﺎ ﻛـ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ,‬ﺃﺗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻠﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺳﻴﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑـ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟـ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻧﺘﺠﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪Autodesk‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ , AutoCAD‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ , AutoCAD 2011‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺼﺪﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺴﻄﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻄﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪.Blocks‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﺳﺲ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ‪ /‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪II‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺇﻫﺪﺍء‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻴﺮﺍﻉ ﻟﻴﻔﻜﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﻴﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ‪...‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻌﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺜﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﻮﺭ ‪...‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻓﺎﻕ ﻭﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻨﺎ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﻜﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻌﻞ ﺷﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺭﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﻩ ‪...‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻼء ﻣﺰﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪,‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪,‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ‪,‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﺎﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﺃﺧﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ‪G.Designer‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺣﻤﺪﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺃﺑﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺣﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﻼﺏ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻁﻮﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺃﺧﺺ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ )‪.(035‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪III‬‬

Table of Contents

IV

Topic
Foreward
Preface
2D Design
Introduction
Screen Parts
Activation Toolbars
Closing Toolbars
Activation Commands
Ending Commands
Sub-Commands
Command Line
Workspaces
Co-ordinates System
Absolute Coordinate X,Y
Relative Coordinate
Polar Coordinate
Status Bar
Line
Construction Line
Erase
Copy
Move
Zoom
Circle
Trim
Rectangle
Rotate
Hatch
Gradient
Offset
Mirror
Array
Region
Eng.Mohammed Sulieman

‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬Page No.
.i
Foreward
.ii
Preface
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬
1
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
2
‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ‬
2
‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
2
‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ‬
5
‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
5
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ‬
5
‫ﺳﻄﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
5
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
5
‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
6
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﻪ‬
6
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ‬
6
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ‬
6
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ‬
7
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
10
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬
10
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
11
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
11
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
11
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﻪ‬
11
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ‬
12
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‬
12
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
13
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
13
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ‬
14
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﻦ‬
14
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬
17
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﻩ‬
18
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ‬
19
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
22
engineer-52@hotmail.com

‫‪22‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫‪51‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺠﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺖ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Explode‬‬
‫‪Color Control‬‬
‫‪Linetype Control‬‬
‫‪Lineweigth Control‬‬
‫‪Arc‬‬
‫‪Ellipse‬‬
‫‪Polyline‬‬
‫‪Chamfer‬‬
‫‪Fillet‬‬
‫‪Spline‬‬
‫‪Multiline‬‬
‫‪Multiline text‬‬
‫‪Extend‬‬
‫‪Polygon‬‬
‫‪Break at Point‬‬
‫‪Break‬‬
‫‪Join‬‬
‫‪Design Center‬‬
‫‪Tool Palettes Window‬‬
‫‪Make Block‬‬
‫‪Insert Block‬‬
‫‪Scale‬‬
‫‪QuickCalc‬‬
‫‪Table‬‬
‫‪Layers‬‬
‫‪Stretch‬‬
‫‪Lengthen‬‬
‫‪Revision Cloud‬‬
‫‪Point‬‬
‫‪ID Point‬‬
‫‪Distance‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪Area‬‬
‫‪Region/Mass properties‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪Donut‬‬
‫‪Plot‬‬
‫‪Dimensions‬‬
‫‪Dimension Style Manager‬‬
‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪V‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫‬‫‪70‬‬
‫‪71‬‬
‫‪73‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
‫‪79‬‬
‫‪79‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫‪82‬‬
‫‪83‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫‬‫‪89‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪92‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻁﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻴﻦ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﻭﻁﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻺﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﺷﺮﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Block‬‬
‫‪Title Block‬‬
‫‪Layout‬‬
‫‪Plot‬‬
‫‪Accounting Block‬‬
‫‪Legends‬‬
‫‪3D Design‬‬
‫‪Inroduction‬‬
‫‪Extrude‬‬
‫‪Union‬‬
‫‪Subtract‬‬
‫‪Intersect‬‬
‫‪3D Move‬‬
‫‪3D Rotate‬‬
‫‪Presspull‬‬
‫‪polysolid‬‬
‫‪Box‬‬
‫‪Wedge‬‬
‫‪Cone‬‬
‫‪Sphere‬‬
‫‪Cylinder‬‬
‫‪Torus‬‬
‫‪Pyramids‬‬
‫‪Planer Surface‬‬
‫‪Helix‬‬
‫‪Sweep‬‬
‫‪Revolve‬‬
‫‪Slice‬‬
‫‪Loft‬‬
‫‪Shell‬‬
‫‪Extrude Face‬‬
‫‪Color Face‬‬
‫‪Copy Face‬‬
‫‪Appendix‬‬
‫‪Appendix A - Command Shortcuts‬‬
‫‪Appendix B - Command Toolbars‬‬
‫‪Appendix C - Coordinate System‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪VI‬‬

Introduction
U

:AutoCAD (History & Background)
U

"‫( ﻭ ﺃﺣﻴﻨﺎ‬Computer Aided Design) ‫ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮﺏ‬CAD , AutoCAD ‫ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
, ‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬, (computer-aided design and drafting) CADD
CAD ‫ ﻁﺮﺣﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـ‬, ‫ ﻭ ﻫﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﻪ‬Autodesk ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ" ﺗﻢ ﻁﺮﺡ ﺍﺧﺮ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ‬, AutoCAD Version 1.0 ‫ ﻭ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬December 1982 ‫ﻓﻰ‬
. 2011, March 22 ‫ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻰ‬AutoCAD 2012 (Version 18.2) ‫ﻫﻮ‬
Official Name
AutoCAD Version 1.0
AutoCAD Version 1.2
AutoCAD Version 1.3
AutoCAD Version 1.4
AutoCAD Version 2.0
AutoCAD Version 2.1
AutoCAD Version 2.5
AutoCAD Version 2.6
AutoCAD Release 9
AutoCAD Release 10
AutoCAD Release 11
AutoCAD Release 12
AutoCAD Release 13
AutoCAD Release 14
AutoCAD 2000
AutoCAD 2000i
AutoCAD 2002
AutoCAD 2004
AutoCAD 2005

Version
1.0
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.0
2.1
2.5
2.6
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
15.1
15.6
16.0
16.1

Release
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Date of release
1982, December
1983, April
1983, August
1983, October
1984, October
1985, May
1986, June
1987, April
1987, September
1988, October
1990, October
1992, June
1994, November
1997, February
1999, March
2000, July
2001, June
2003, March
2004, March

AutoCAD 2006

16.2

20

2005, March

AutoCAD 2007

17.0

21

2006, March

AutoCAD 2008

17.1

22

2007, March

AutoCAD 2009

17.2

23

2008, March

AutoCAD 2010

18.0

24

2009, March 24

AutoCAD 2011

18.1

25

2010, March 25

AutoCAD 2012

18.2

26

2011, March 22

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Screen Parts :‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪-6‬‬
‫‪-7‬‬
‫‪-8‬‬
‫‪-9‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Address Bar‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ Pulldown menu‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )‪.(File, Draw ,…. Etc‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﻪ ‪ Standard Annotation‬ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Layers‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Draw‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻪ ﺑـ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ Modify‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻪ ﺑـ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Modal Space‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ Status Bar‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ‪Activation Toolbars :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Tools‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ‪ Toolbars‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ –toolbar‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ‪ Enter‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ‪.Show‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ‪ Right Click‬ﺗﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ‪Closing Toolbars :‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ﺍﺩﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻪ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ )ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ( ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﻪ ‪, X‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D

2011

‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ‬

Address Bar ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

Menu Bar ‫ ﺃﻭ‬Pulldown menu ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ‬

3

Standard Annotation ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬

Eng.Mohammed Sulieman

engineer-52@hotmail.com

Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D

2011

Layers ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬

Draw ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬

Modify ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

Command Line ‫ﺳﻄﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬

Status Bar ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ‬
4

Eng.Mohammed Sulieman

engineer-52@hotmail.com

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ‪Activation Commands :‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﻪ ﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ Command Line‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪,‬ﻣﺜﻞ )‪ (Line‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ‪ L‬ﺛﻢ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Draw‬ﺃﻭ ‪. Modify‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪.Draw, Modify, Dimension, ….,etc‬‬
‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪Ending Commands :‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺛﻢ ‪.Enter or Cancel‬‬
‫‪ Esc .2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Enter .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ‪Sub-Commands :‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ‪ Sub-Command‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ Capital Letter‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪Command Line :‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﺑـ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Tools‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Command Line‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪Ctrl+9‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪Workspaces :‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻁﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪ Tools‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Workspaces‬ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪2D Drafting & Annotation‬‬
‫‪3D Basic‬‬
‫‪3D Modeling‬‬
‫‪ AutoCAD Classic‬ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ )‪.(Recommended‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﻁﺮﻕ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪Co-ordinates System :‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻻﻭﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﻪ ‪Absolute Coordinate X,Y :‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ" ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ‪ , X , Y & Z‬ﻣﺜﻼ"‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Line‬ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ‪ _Line Specify first point‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ 5,3‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 5‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ) Y‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ‪ , ( 0,0‬ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫]‪ Specify next point or [Undo‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ‪ 15,3‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ X=15‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Y=3‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ‪ 10‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ ‪Relative Coordinate @X,Y :‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Line‬ﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﻪ )‪ (5,3‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ ‪ @10,0‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ X=10‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ) Y=0‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ ‪Polar Coordinate @L < ɵ :‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻰ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Line‬ﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫)‪ (5,3‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﻪ ‪ @10<0‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ = ‪10‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ = ﺻﻔﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ X or Y‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ (5,-3) ,‬ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻥ ‪X=5 & Y= -3‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ‪Status Bar :‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Snap‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Snap‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻔﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻰ ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟـ ‪ Default‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ Snap X spacing 0.5‬ﻭ ‪Snap Y spacing‬‬
‫‪ 0.5‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Snap‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ F9‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Drafting setting‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Grid‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Grid‬ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺄﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪X & Y‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Grid‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ F7‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪:ORTHO‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ORTHO‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ Status Bar‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻫﻴﻦ ﺃﻓﻘﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ‪ F8‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪:POLAR‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ Polar‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ , Status Bar‬ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Polar‬ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Setting‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‪Polar ,‬‬
‫‪ Tracking‬ﻭ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Increment angle‬ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Additional angle‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ New‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺮﻱ ‪ ,‬ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ‪ F10‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪:OSNAP‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ Osnap‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ Status Bar‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪ ,‬ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ‪ F3‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ , Ending points‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ‪ , Center‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ‪ , Midpoint‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫‪ , Perpendciular‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺱ ‪ ..... , Tangent‬ﺇﻟﺦ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪ Right Click‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Osnap‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Setting‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪:OTRACK‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ OTRACK‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ Status Bar‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪ ,‬ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ‪ F11‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪ Object snap‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Object snap trcking‬ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪:Dynamic input‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ DYN‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ Status Bar‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺳﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ‪ F12‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Show/Hide Lineweight‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﻭ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ‪ Properties‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Lineweight‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪ Status bar‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻹﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻰ ‪ Ctrl+9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Line‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ line‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ line‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ line‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ L‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Command: _line Specify first point‬ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ‪Specify next point or‬‬
‫]‪ [Undo‬ﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺛﻢ ‪ Enter‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Construction Line‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Construction Line‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Construction Line‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Construction Line‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Construction Line‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Construction Line‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ XL‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫]‪Command: _xline Specify a point or [Hor/Ver/Ang/Bisect/Offset‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ Specify through point‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ‪:Construction Line‬‬
‫• ‪ Hor‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ‪ Horizontal‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻓﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ Ver‬ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ‪ Vertical‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ Ang‬ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ‪ Angle‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻤﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Erase‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Erase‬ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Erase‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Erase‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ E‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ‪ Select objects‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ‪ Enter‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Copy‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Copy‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Copy‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Copy‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Copy‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ CO‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ‪ Select objects‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺛﻢ ‪, Enter‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ]‪ Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Move‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Move‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Move‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Move‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Move‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ M‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Zoom‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Zoom‬ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Zoom‬ﺑـﺜﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ‪ , Zoom‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Zoom window , zoom scale‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ View‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Zoom‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Zoom‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Z‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪All‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ‪ A‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ‪ Roller‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪11‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Circle‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪ Circle‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Circle‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Circle‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Circle‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ C‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Circle‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan_Radius‬ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻄﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺃﺧﺮﻱ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Center, Radius‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻭ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Center, Diameter‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻭ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2 Points‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ )ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3 Points‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ 3‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Tan, Tan, Radius‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Trim‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Trim‬ﻟـ ﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Circle‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Trim‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Trim‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tr‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ> ‪ Select objects or <select all‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺺ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ Enter‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Trim‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﻊ )ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ( ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ)ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Trim‬‬
‫‪U‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Rectangle‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Rectangle‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Rectangle‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Rectangle‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Rectangle‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Rec‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫]‪ Specify first corner point or [Chamfer/Elevation/Fillet/Thickness/Width‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺛﻢ ]‪Specify other corner point or [Area/Dimensions/Rotation‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻀﺎﺩ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻠﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻼﻣﺮ ‪ Rectangle‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ Chamfer‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟـ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻁﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Elevation‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪.Z‬‬
‫‪ Thickness‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪.Z‬‬
‫‪ Fillet‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻼﻣﺮ ‪ Rectangle‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Area ‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Dimensions ‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ )ﻁﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ Rotation ‬ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ‪.X‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Rotate‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Rotate‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Rotate‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Rotate‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Rotate‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ RO‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Rotate‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Select Objects‬ﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ Enter‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Specify base point‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ]‪ Specify rotation angle or [Copy/Reference‬ﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ‪ Copy‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Hatch‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ" ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ , 45‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ"ﻣﺜﻞ ‪.Sand ,Concrete ,Steel ,Gravel…,etc‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Hatch‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪. Hatch‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Hatch‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Hatch‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ H‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ‪ Hatch and Gradient‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Gradient‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Gradient‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Gradient‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Hatch & Gradient‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﺱ ﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﻩ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Pattern‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Scale‬ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Angle‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Add: Pick Point‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Add: Select Objects‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ View‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ESC‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﺧﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫• ‪ One Color‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ Two Color‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Offset‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Offset‬ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺻﻮﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ‪.‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪. Offset‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Offset‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Offset‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ O‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫]‪ Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ( ‪ ,‬ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫]‪ Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo‬ﻟﻺﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ Enter‬ﺛﻢ ]‪ Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ ‪ Select object to offset‬ﺛﻢ ‪Specify point on side to‬‬
‫‪ offset‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Offset‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻰ ﺑـ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﻪ ﺑـ ‪ Capital Letter‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ , Enter‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪17‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Mirror‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺮﺁﻩ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺻﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺳﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Mirror‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Mirror‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Mirror‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Mirror‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Mi‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Select objects‬ﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ‪Enter‬‬
‫‪ Specify first point of mirror line‬ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ Specify second point of mirror line‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﻩ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ Erase source objects? [Yes/No‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Yes‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ mirror‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻪ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪18‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Mirror‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Array‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪Array‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Array‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Array‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Ar‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫• ‪ Rectangular Array‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ Polar Array‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻪ ‪Rectangular Array‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Rows‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Columns‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Select Objects‬ﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Preview‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Rows Offset‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Column Offset‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪19‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ‪5x3‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﻩ ‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ‪6‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ Array‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺍﺧﺮﻱ‬

‫‪21‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎ" ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪360‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ ‪Polar Array‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Select Object‬ﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Center Point‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Method & Values‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Total Number of items‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Angle to fill‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ‪.360, 270, 200, 180…,etc‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Region‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﻯ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Line‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺮ ‪ ) Rectangle or Polygon‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻯ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ( ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Region‬ﺑـﺜﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Region‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Region‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Region‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Reg‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Explode‬‬

‫‪22‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ Rectangle‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻯ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Explode‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:ColorControl‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪:Color‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Format‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Color‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Color‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Col‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ‪ Properties‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Settings‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Select Color‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪Select Color ,‬‬
‫ﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Select Color‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Colorcontrol‬‬

‫‪23‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Linetype‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪:Linetype‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Format‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Linetype‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Linetype‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ LT‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ‪ Properties‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Settings‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Linetype Manager‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪Other‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Load‬ﻷﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Linetype Manager‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Linetype‬‬

‫‪24‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Lineweight‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪: Lineweight‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Format‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Lineweight‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Lineweight‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ LW‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ‪ Properties‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Settings‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Lineweight‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Lineweight‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ Lineweight [Show/Hide‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪.Status Bar‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Arc‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﻮﺍﺱ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Arc‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Arc‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Arc‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Arc‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ A‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺈﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻪ )ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Ellipse‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﻭﻯ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ( ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Ellipse‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪. Ellipse‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Ellipse‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Ellipse‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ El‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Ellipse‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ )‪ (Major axis‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ )‪ , (Minor axis‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻰ ‪ Arc‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Polyline‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Polyline‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Polyline‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Polyline‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ PL‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Width‬ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Close‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Undo‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Length‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Arc‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻗﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Angle/CEnter/Direction/Line/Radius/Secondpt/‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Line‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪26‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Chamfer‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Chamfer‬ﺑﺸﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Chamfer‬ﺑـﺜﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ , Modify Bar‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪ Chamfer‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Cha‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Undo‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Polyline‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Polyline‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻄﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Radius‬ﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Distance‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻔﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺛﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻔﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Angle‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻔﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻰ ‪.X‬‬
‫‪ Trim‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎء ‪ ,‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ No‬ﻹﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Yes‬ﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Chamfer‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Fillet‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Fillet‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﺧﻄﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻯ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Chamfer‬‬
‫ﺑـﺜﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ , Modify Bar‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Fillet‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ F‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ Undo‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ Polyline‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Polyline‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫• ‪ Radius‬ﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Fillet‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ‪ Rectangle‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Fillet‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Radius‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺣﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Chamfer‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪28‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Spline‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺘﻮﺭﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Spline‬ﺑـﺜﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Spline‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Spline‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Spline‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ SPL‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻﺧﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Spline‬ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬

‫‪29‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Spline‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Multiline‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻼﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Multiline‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Multiline‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ML‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ‪ Multiline‬ﻭﻫﻰ ]‪.[Justification/Scale/STyle‬‬
‫• ‪ Justification‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫‪ Justification‬ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ,‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫]‪.[Top/Zero/Bottom‬‬
‫• ‪ Scale‬ﻷﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ Style‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ Format‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Multiline Style‬ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Multiline‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Multiline text‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Multiline text‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪. Multiline text‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ text‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪Multiline text‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Multiline text‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Mt‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻼﻣﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ Multiline text‬ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪ Text formatting‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Extend‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Extend‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Extend‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Extend‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Extend‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Ex‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻭﻻ" ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪31‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Polygon‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ ‪ , .... ,‬ﺇﻟﺦ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪: Polygon‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Polygon‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Polygon‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Polygon‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ POL‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺿﻠﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ )ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻤﻴﻪ( ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Inscribed Circle‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻠﻊ ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ‪Circumscribed‬‬
‫‪ Circle‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺗﻤﺲ ﺍﻻﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Edge‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻀﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Break‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻤﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪Break‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Break‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Break‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ Break t‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Br‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫‪Command: _break Select object:‬‬
‫‪Specify second break point or [First point]: f‬‬
‫‪Specify first break point:‬‬
‫‪Specify second break point:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Break at point‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Break at point‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Break at point‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Join‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺧﻄﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪. Join‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Join‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Join‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ J‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪:Design Center‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Design Center‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪ Standard Annotation‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻯ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ" ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Design‬‬
‫‪ Center‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Ctrl+2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻪ ﺑـ ‪ Design Center‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪HVAC, Basic Electronics , Home Space Planer ,‬‬
‫‪ Landscaping, Hydraulic & pneumatic , Analog integrated circuits ,…,etc‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ , Block‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Design Center‬‬

‫‪33‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪. Scale‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D

2011

Basic Electronics ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‬

34

HVAC ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‬
Eng.Mohammed Sulieman

engineer-52@hotmail.com

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪:Tool Palettes Window‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Tool Palettes Window‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪ Standard Annotation‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﻪ ﺑـ ‪ Design Center‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻰ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Tool‬‬
‫‪ Palettes Window‬ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Ctrl+3‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪ Double Click‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ‪ Tool Palettes Window‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺧﺎﺻﻪ ﺑـ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪Push Button‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Open‬ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Close‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Block‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﻩ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Block‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Block‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Block‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺛﻢ ‪.Make‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Block‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ B‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Name‬ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Base Point‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Pick Point‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Object‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Select Object‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Convert To Block‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Block Units‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪36‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Make Block‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Insert Block‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻷﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ‪ Insert‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪I‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ‪Insert‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Scale‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Scale‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Scale‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Scale‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Scale‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Sc‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ 0.5‬ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪37‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪:QuickCalc‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻷﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻵﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ )‪ (Calculator‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ )‪ (Scale Factor‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Distance Between Two Point‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (Scale Factor‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ‪ QuickCalc‬ﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ Right Click .2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻮﺭﺩ ‪.Ctrl+8‬‬

‫‪38‬‬

‫‪Calculator‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Table‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Table‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Table‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Table‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Table‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tb‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ‪ Insert Table‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.Table Style‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪39‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫‪:Layers‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﺍ" ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑـ ‪.Layers‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Format‬ﺛﻢ ‪ Layers‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Layers‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ LA‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Layers‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ‪ Layers Properties Manager‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻪ ‪ , ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ‪Layers‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Stretch‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻯ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻈﻠﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Enter‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Stretch‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Stretch‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Stretch‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Stretch‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ S‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Lengthen‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Lengthen‬ﺑـﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Lengthen‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Lengthen‬ﺍﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Len‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ DElta‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﺒﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Angle‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ DElta‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻼ"‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 60‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 90‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ‪ Angle‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Percent‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻹﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻼ" ‪ %80‬ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ , %20‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ‪ %150‬ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪.%50‬‬
‫‪ Total‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ DYnamic‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﻁﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Revision Cloud‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Revision Cloud‬ﺑـ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪. Revision Cloud‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Revision Cloud‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Revision Cloud‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Revcloud‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻻﻣﺮ‬
‫• ‪ Arc Length‬ﻭ ﻫﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ﻟﻼﻗﻮﺍﺱ‬
‫• ‪ Object‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻯ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪Revision Cloud‬‬
‫• ‪ Yes/No‬ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﻮﺍﺱ ) ﻣﻘﻌﺮﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺪﺑﻪ (‬
‫‪41‬‬

‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪Introduction to AutoCAD 2D & 3D‬‬

‫‪2011‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Point‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Format‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Point Style‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Point‬ﺑـﺜﻼﺛﻪ ﻁﺮﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪.Point‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Draw‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Point‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Point‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ PO‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Draw‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬

‫‪ Single Point‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MultiPoint‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Divide‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Measure‬ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:ID Point‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ID Point‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ID‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ ‪ Tools ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Inquiry‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ ID Point‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:Distance‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ‪ X,Y,Z‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ .X‬ﻁﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Distance‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Di‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Enter‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﻪ‪ Tools ,‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Inquiry‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ‪ Distance‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Command:‬‬
‫‪Command: _MEASUREGEOM‬‬
‫‪Enter an option [Distance/Radius/Angle/ARea/Volume] <Distance>: _distance‬‬
‫‪Specify first point:‬‬
‫‪Specify second point or [Multiple points]:‬‬
‫‪Distance = 12.2066 , Angle in XY Plane = 35, Angle from XY Plane = 0‬‬
‫‪Delta X = 10.0000 , Delta Y = 7.0000, Delta Z = 0.0000‬‬
‫‪Enter an option [Distance/Radius/Angle/ARea/Volume/eXit] <Distance>: D‬‬
‫‪engineer-52@hotmail.com‬‬

‫‪Eng.Mohammed Sulieman‬‬

‫‪42‬‬



Documents similaires


autocad 2011 2d 3d 1
pt3mgug
ve stevenson protractor
plan de fabrication d une presse ceta ram block press
asio4all v2 instruction manual
serie bd


Sur le même sujet..